1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 struct linespec_sals
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
142 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
145 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
146 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 struct symtab_and_line
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
155 static struct breakpoint
*
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
167 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
168 struct obj_section
*, int);
170 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
175 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
176 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
207 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
219 int *other_type_used
);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
236 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
238 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
241 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
243 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
245 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
247 static void update_global_location_list (int);
249 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
251 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
253 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
255 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
257 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
259 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
267 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
269 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
271 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
273 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
276 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
280 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
322 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
329 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
339 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
343 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
349 /* The reference count. */
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line
*commands
;
356 struct command_line
*
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
359 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
373 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
375 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
385 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
388 fprintf_filtered (file
,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
404 fprintf_filtered (file
,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
417 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
420 fprintf_filtered (file
,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
437 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
444 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
451 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto
,
463 condition_evaluation_host
,
464 condition_evaluation_target
,
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
483 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target
;
488 return condition_evaluation_host
;
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
508 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
510 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
566 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
570 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
574 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
595 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
599 static int breakpoint_count
;
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
609 static int tracepoint_count
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
613 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
619 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 breakpoint_count
= num
;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
651 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
668 static struct counted_command_line
*
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
671 struct counted_command_line
*result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
675 result
->commands
= commands
;
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
697 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 static struct cleanup
*
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728 get_breakpoint (int num
)
730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
733 if (b
->number
== num
)
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
747 struct bp_location
*loc
;
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
760 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
761 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
782 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
790 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
792 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
803 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
804 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
813 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
835 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
839 update_global_location_list (1);
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
850 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
853 fprintf_filtered (file
,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
859 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
870 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
871 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
873 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
876 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 static struct bp_location
**
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
889 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
893 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
917 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
918 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
920 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
931 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
949 const char *arg
= exp
;
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
954 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
960 innermost_block
= NULL
;
962 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
969 struct bp_location
*loc
;
971 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
976 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
984 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
987 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
990 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
991 const char *text
, const char *word
)
995 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
996 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1001 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len
= strlen (text
);
1018 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1020 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1021 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1027 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1028 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1029 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1032 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1035 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1037 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1042 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1045 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1047 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1050 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1052 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1053 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1054 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1055 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1057 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1058 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1059 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1078 struct command_line
*c
;
1080 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1084 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1107 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1124 struct command_line
*commands
)
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1128 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1129 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1149 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1151 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1165 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1228 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1231 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1241 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1244 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1254 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1257 if (old_task
!= task
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1266 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line
*control
;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1295 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1297 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1299 struct command_line
*l
;
1301 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1302 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1308 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1314 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1323 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1333 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1340 struct command_line
*control
)
1342 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1343 struct commands_info info
;
1345 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1346 info
.control
= control
;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1352 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1354 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1355 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1357 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1358 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1373 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1379 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1386 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1388 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1399 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1400 return simple_control
;
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1408 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1412 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1419 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1421 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1422 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1423 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1425 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1426 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1427 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1428 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1429 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1430 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1431 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1432 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1434 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1438 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1439 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1441 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1443 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1445 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1446 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1447 report higher one. */
1450 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1451 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1453 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1455 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1456 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1458 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1459 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1460 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1461 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1463 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1464 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1465 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1467 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1476 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1477 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1478 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1479 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1480 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1485 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1486 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1487 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1493 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1497 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1498 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1502 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1503 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1504 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1511 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1512 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1515 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1517 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1518 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1521 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1523 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1524 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1526 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1531 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1532 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1536 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1537 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1539 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1540 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1541 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1545 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1547 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1548 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1551 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1553 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1554 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1555 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1556 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1557 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1559 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1561 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1562 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1566 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1567 const unsigned char *bp
;
1568 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1569 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1571 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1572 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1573 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1575 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1577 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1579 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1580 breakpoint's INSN. */
1581 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1587 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1591 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1593 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1595 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1598 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1603 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1605 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1608 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1612 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1614 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1615 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1618 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1619 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1620 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1621 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1622 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1623 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1624 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1625 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1630 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1631 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1632 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1633 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1636 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1637 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1642 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1644 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1647 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1652 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1655 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1656 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1657 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1658 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1660 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1662 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1663 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1667 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1668 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1669 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1670 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1671 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1672 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1673 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1675 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1676 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1677 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1678 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1679 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1680 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1681 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1682 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1686 hardware watchpoints:
1688 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1689 called several times when GDB stops.
1692 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1693 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1694 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1695 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1696 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1697 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1698 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1699 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1700 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1701 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1702 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1704 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1705 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1710 int within_current_scope
;
1711 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1714 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1715 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1716 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1717 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1720 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1725 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1726 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1727 within_current_scope
= 1;
1730 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1731 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1732 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1734 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1735 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1736 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1737 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1740 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1741 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1742 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1743 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1748 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1749 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1750 if (within_current_scope
)
1754 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1755 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1756 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1768 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1769 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1770 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1771 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1772 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1773 be completely different objects. */
1774 value_free (b
->val
);
1778 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1779 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1780 locations (re)created below. */
1781 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1783 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1785 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1789 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1790 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1794 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1795 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1796 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1797 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1798 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1799 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1801 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1802 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1803 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1805 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1808 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1809 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1811 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1813 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1814 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1815 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1816 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1817 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1819 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1825 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1827 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1828 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1830 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1831 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1832 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1833 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1834 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1835 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1836 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1838 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1840 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1841 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1842 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1844 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1845 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1849 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1851 addr
= value_address (v
);
1853 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1855 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1858 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1859 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1862 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1864 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1865 loc
->address
= addr
;
1866 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1867 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1880 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1882 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1886 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1902 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1903 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1919 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1921 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1942 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1950 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1951 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1954 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1956 next
= value_next (v
);
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1967 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1968 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1969 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1970 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1971 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1975 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1998 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2001 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2004 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2031 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2034 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2035 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2044 static struct agent_expr
*
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2047 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2057 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2081 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2083 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2084 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2106 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2113 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2147 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2150 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2151 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2163 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2164 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2169 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2179 static struct agent_expr
*
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2182 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2183 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2184 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2185 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2186 const char *cmdrest
;
2187 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2188 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2190 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2197 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2199 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2201 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2202 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2204 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2206 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2208 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2210 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2212 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2213 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2215 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2217 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2218 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2220 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2222 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2224 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2226 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2227 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2230 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2235 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2236 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2238 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2242 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2243 that may show up. */
2244 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2246 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2247 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2248 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2251 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2261 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2265 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2266 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2267 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2270 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2272 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2273 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2274 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2275 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2277 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2278 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2279 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2282 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2285 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2286 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2287 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2288 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2289 response back to GDB. */
2290 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2293 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2297 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2299 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2300 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2301 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2302 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2303 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2304 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2305 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2311 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2312 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2313 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2315 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2321 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2323 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2328 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2329 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2331 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2333 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2336 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2337 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2342 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2343 for this location's address. */
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2347 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2348 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2349 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2350 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2352 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2353 to send the commands to the target. */
2354 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2358 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2359 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2360 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2361 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2364 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2365 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2366 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2367 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2370 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2371 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2373 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2374 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2375 int *disabled_breaks
,
2376 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2377 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2380 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2381 struct gdb_exception e
;
2383 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2386 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2387 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2388 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2389 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2390 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2391 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2392 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2393 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2394 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2395 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2396 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2397 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2399 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2400 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2401 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2402 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2404 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2406 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2407 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2408 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2409 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2412 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2413 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2415 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2417 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2418 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2419 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2421 Two important cases are:
2422 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2423 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2424 hardware breakpoint.
2425 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2426 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2427 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2430 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2431 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2432 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2433 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2435 struct mem_region
*mr
2436 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2440 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2442 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2444 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2445 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2447 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2449 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2451 static int said
= 0;
2453 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2456 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2457 _("Note: automatically using "
2458 "hardware breakpoints for "
2459 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2464 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2465 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2466 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2467 "at readonly address %s"),
2468 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2472 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2473 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2474 || bl
->section
== NULL
2475 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2477 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2478 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2480 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2485 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2490 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2491 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2492 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2494 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2495 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2496 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2497 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2498 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2502 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2504 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2505 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2506 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2507 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2508 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2510 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2511 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2512 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2516 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2517 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2519 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2520 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2522 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2527 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2532 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2533 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2540 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2541 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2543 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2545 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2547 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2550 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2553 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2554 "library breakpoints:\n");
2556 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2557 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2558 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2562 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2564 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2565 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2566 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2567 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2568 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2569 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2575 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2577 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Error accessing memory address ");
2579 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2582 safe_strerror (val
));
2593 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2594 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2595 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2596 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2598 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2599 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2601 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2603 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2604 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2605 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2607 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2609 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2610 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2614 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2615 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2619 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2620 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2627 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2628 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2631 /* Back to the original value. */
2632 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2636 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2639 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2641 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2642 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2644 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2647 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2651 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2652 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2654 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2657 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2659 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2660 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2661 so just return success. */
2668 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2669 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2673 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2675 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2676 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2678 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2681 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2682 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2685 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2686 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2687 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2689 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2691 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2693 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2694 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2695 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2697 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2698 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2700 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2706 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2707 removed locations above. */
2708 update_global_location_list (0);
2711 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2712 Throws exception on any error.
2713 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2714 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2716 insert_breakpoints (void)
2718 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2721 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2723 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2725 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2728 update_global_location_list (1);
2730 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2731 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2733 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2734 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2737 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2740 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2742 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2746 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2750 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2751 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2752 always-inserted mode. */
2755 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2757 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2760 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2761 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2762 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2764 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2765 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2767 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2768 there was an error. */
2769 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2771 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2775 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2777 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2780 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2781 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2782 deletion of breakpoints. */
2783 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2788 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2789 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2790 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2791 insert breakpoints. */
2792 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2793 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2796 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2797 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2804 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2805 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2808 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2811 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2814 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2816 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2817 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2820 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2821 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2822 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2824 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2825 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2827 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2828 there was an error. */
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2831 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2835 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2838 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2839 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2840 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2841 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2842 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2845 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2847 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2848 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2849 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2850 insert breakpoints. */
2851 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2852 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2855 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2856 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2861 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2862 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2865 int some_failed
= 0;
2866 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2868 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2871 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2874 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2877 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2878 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2885 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2887 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2889 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2890 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2891 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2899 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2900 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2901 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2903 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2904 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2905 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2907 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2908 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2911 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2914 /* Used when the program stops.
2915 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2916 removing a breakpoint location. */
2919 remove_breakpoints (void)
2921 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2924 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2926 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2927 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2932 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2935 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2937 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2939 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2943 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2946 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2951 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2960 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2962 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2965 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2966 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2967 struct inferior
*inf
;
2968 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2970 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2974 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2975 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2977 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2979 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2980 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2984 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2990 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2993 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3002 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3004 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3005 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3006 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3007 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3008 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3009 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3011 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3014 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3017 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3018 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3022 static struct breakpoint
*
3023 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3024 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3025 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3027 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3028 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3030 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3033 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3034 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3036 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3037 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3038 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3043 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3045 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3047 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3049 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3050 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3052 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3053 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3055 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3058 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3059 int longjmp_searched
;
3061 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3062 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3064 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3065 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3070 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3071 int exception_searched
;
3073 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3074 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3077 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3079 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3080 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3082 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3085 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3087 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3090 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3091 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3093 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3094 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3096 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3098 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3099 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3101 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3102 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3104 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3105 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3107 return bp_objfile_data
;
3111 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3113 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3115 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3116 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3120 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3122 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3123 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3125 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3128 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3131 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3133 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3136 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3138 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3140 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3143 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3144 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3147 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3150 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3151 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3153 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3154 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3156 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3158 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3159 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3163 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3164 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3167 update_global_location_list (1);
3171 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3173 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3174 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3176 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3178 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3180 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3182 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3184 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3187 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3188 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3190 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3191 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3194 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3196 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3198 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3199 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3200 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3203 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3206 struct probe
*probe
;
3207 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3210 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3211 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3215 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3217 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3219 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3220 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3227 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3229 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3230 const char *func_name
;
3233 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3236 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3237 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3239 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3241 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3244 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3245 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3248 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3251 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3252 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3253 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3254 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3255 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3259 update_global_location_list (1);
3261 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3264 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3266 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3268 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3269 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3270 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3272 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3274 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3276 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3279 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3281 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3284 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3286 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3291 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3293 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3295 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3296 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3297 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3299 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3300 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3303 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3306 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3307 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3308 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3310 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3311 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3315 update_global_location_list (1);
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3320 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3323 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3325 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3326 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3328 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3330 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3331 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3335 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3337 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3338 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3340 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3341 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3342 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3345 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3347 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3349 struct probe
*probe
;
3352 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3357 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3359 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3360 bp_exception_master
,
3361 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3362 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3363 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3369 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3371 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3374 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3378 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3380 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3381 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3383 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3387 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3390 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3391 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3393 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3394 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3395 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3396 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3399 update_global_location_list (1);
3403 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3405 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3406 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3408 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3409 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3410 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3411 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3412 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3413 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3414 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3415 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3417 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3418 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3422 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3425 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3426 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3428 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3432 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3433 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3435 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3439 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3440 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3441 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3442 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3443 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3445 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3449 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3450 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3452 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3456 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3458 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3459 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3460 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3462 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3466 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3468 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3469 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3470 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3471 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3475 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3476 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3477 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3478 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3479 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3480 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3482 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3483 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3484 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3485 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3486 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3487 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3488 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3490 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3491 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3492 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3493 let finish_command delete it.
3495 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3496 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3497 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3498 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3499 solib breakpoints.) */
3501 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3506 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3507 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3509 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3511 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3515 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3516 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3517 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3523 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3525 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3527 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3528 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3530 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3531 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3533 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3534 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3535 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3537 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3540 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3541 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3542 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3543 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3544 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3545 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3546 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3550 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3553 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3554 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3560 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3561 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3562 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3563 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3564 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3567 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3571 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3574 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3575 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3578 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3579 This should not ever happen. */
3580 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3582 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3583 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3585 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3586 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3587 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3589 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3590 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3591 || bl
->section
== NULL
3592 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3594 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3595 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3599 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3600 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3601 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3603 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3604 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3606 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3607 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3608 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3609 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3610 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3612 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3613 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3615 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3616 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3619 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3620 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3621 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3622 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3624 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3625 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3626 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3627 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3628 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3629 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3635 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3640 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3641 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3642 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3643 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3648 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3650 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3652 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3653 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3655 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3656 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3658 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3659 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3660 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3663 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3664 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3667 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3668 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3670 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3674 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3681 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3684 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3686 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3689 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3690 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3693 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3694 This should not ever happen. */
3695 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3697 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3699 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3701 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3707 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3710 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3712 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3715 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3719 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3720 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3722 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3725 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3726 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3727 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3732 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3734 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3735 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3737 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3739 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3741 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3746 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3747 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3748 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3754 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3760 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3762 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3763 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3766 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3768 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3770 case bp_shlib_event
:
3772 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3773 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3774 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3775 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3776 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3778 (gdb) file prog-linux
3779 (gdb) run # native linux target
3782 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3783 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3786 case bp_step_resume
:
3788 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3790 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3794 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3795 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3796 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3798 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3800 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3801 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3802 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3803 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3805 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3806 insert_breakpoints. */
3808 value_free (w
->val
);
3819 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3820 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3821 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3822 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3825 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3826 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3827 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3828 match, not program space. */
3830 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3831 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3832 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3833 permanent breakpoint.
3834 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3835 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3836 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3837 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3838 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3840 enum breakpoint_here
3841 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3843 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3844 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3848 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3849 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3852 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3853 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3854 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3855 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3857 if (overlay_debugging
3858 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3859 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3860 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3861 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3862 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3864 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3868 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3871 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3874 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3876 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3879 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3880 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3886 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3887 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3888 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3889 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3892 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3895 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3899 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3904 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3906 if (overlay_debugging
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3917 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3918 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3921 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3923 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3926 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3932 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3936 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3939 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3943 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3947 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3950 if (overlay_debugging
3951 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3952 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3960 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3967 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3968 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3970 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3974 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3976 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3977 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3980 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3983 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3984 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3988 /* Check for intersection. */
3989 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3990 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3998 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3999 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4002 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4005 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4006 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4012 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4013 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4016 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4017 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4018 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4021 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4024 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4026 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4027 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4028 it is now time to do so. */
4030 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4031 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4035 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4037 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4038 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4039 it is now time to do so. */
4041 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4042 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4046 if (overlay_debugging
4047 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4048 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4049 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4058 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4062 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4064 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4067 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4071 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4073 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4074 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4075 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4076 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4080 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4081 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4084 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4101 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4102 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4105 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4109 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4114 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4116 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4117 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4118 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4119 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4120 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4122 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4123 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4127 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4137 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4140 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4145 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4147 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4153 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value
4156 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4160 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4162 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4163 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4164 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
;
4166 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4168 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4170 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4171 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4173 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4176 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4179 if (newval
> result
)
4186 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4187 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4188 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4189 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4191 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4192 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4194 Return 1 otherwise. */
4197 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4199 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4202 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4204 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4205 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4206 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4207 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4208 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4210 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4212 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4216 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4219 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4221 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4224 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4227 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4231 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4233 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4235 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4237 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4243 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4246 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4248 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4250 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4252 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4253 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4254 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4255 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4256 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4260 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4263 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4266 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4268 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4271 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4272 or its equivalent. */
4275 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4277 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4278 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4281 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4282 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4283 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4284 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4286 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4287 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4288 bpstat of the current thread. */
4291 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4294 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4297 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4299 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4302 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4303 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4305 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4307 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4310 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4311 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4313 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4314 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4315 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4317 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4319 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4320 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4321 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4322 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4323 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4324 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4325 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4326 the tree when we're done. */
4327 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4328 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4329 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4330 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4331 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4333 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4339 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4341 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4347 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4348 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4350 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4352 if (target_can_async_p ())
4353 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4354 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4355 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4358 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4359 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4360 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4361 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4362 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4363 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4364 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4365 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4366 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4367 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4368 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4369 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4370 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4375 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4380 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4382 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4384 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4385 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4386 && target_has_execution
4387 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4388 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4389 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4390 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4391 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4392 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4393 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4396 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4399 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4402 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4405 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4408 struct value_print_options opts
;
4409 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4410 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4414 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4415 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4416 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4417 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4420 static enum print_stop_action
4421 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4423 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4426 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4431 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4432 relevant messages. */
4433 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4436 case print_it_normal
:
4438 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4440 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4441 which has since been deleted. */
4443 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4445 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4446 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4451 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4452 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4457 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4460 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4463 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4465 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4469 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4470 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4471 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4474 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4475 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4478 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4479 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4480 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4484 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4488 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4489 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4492 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4497 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4498 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4499 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4502 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4507 struct so_list
*iter
;
4509 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4511 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4512 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4515 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4520 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4521 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4522 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4525 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4529 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4530 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4531 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4532 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4533 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4534 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4535 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4538 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4539 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4540 code to print the location. An example is
4541 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4543 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4544 to also print the location part of the message.
4545 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4546 don't require a location appended to the end.
4547 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4548 further info to be printed. */
4550 enum print_stop_action
4551 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4555 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4556 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4557 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4558 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4559 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4561 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4562 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4563 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4564 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4568 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4569 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4570 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4571 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4573 print_solib_event (0);
4574 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4577 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4578 with and nothing was printed. */
4579 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4582 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4583 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4584 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4585 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4588 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4590 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4591 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4593 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4597 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4600 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4604 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4606 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4607 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4608 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4609 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4610 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4611 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4612 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4614 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4618 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4619 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4622 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4624 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4626 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4628 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4630 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4631 as not triggered. */
4633 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4635 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4637 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4643 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4645 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4646 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4648 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4650 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4652 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4655 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4658 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4659 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4663 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4665 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4666 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4668 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4669 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4671 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4673 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4674 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4676 if (newaddr
== start
)
4678 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4682 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4683 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4687 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4696 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4697 because of check_errors). */
4698 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4699 #define WP_DELETED 1
4700 /* The value has changed. */
4701 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4702 /* The value has not changed. */
4703 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4704 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4707 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4708 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4710 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4713 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4714 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4717 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4719 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4720 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4721 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4722 int within_current_scope
;
4724 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4725 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4726 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4728 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4729 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4730 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4731 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4734 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4735 within_current_scope
= 1;
4738 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4739 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4740 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4742 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4743 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4744 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4745 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4746 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4747 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4748 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4749 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4750 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4751 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4754 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4755 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4757 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4758 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4759 if (within_current_scope
)
4761 struct symbol
*function
;
4763 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4764 if (function
== NULL
4765 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4766 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4767 within_current_scope
= 0;
4770 if (within_current_scope
)
4771 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4772 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4777 if (within_current_scope
)
4779 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4780 time before we return to the command level and call
4781 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4782 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4786 struct value
*new_val
;
4788 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4789 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4790 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4791 a mask watchpoint. */
4792 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4794 mark
= value_mark ();
4795 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4797 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4798 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4799 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4800 not what we want. */
4801 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4802 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4804 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4806 release_value (new_val
);
4807 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4809 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4812 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4816 /* Nothing changed. */
4817 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4818 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4823 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4825 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4826 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4827 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4828 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4829 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4830 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4831 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4832 the first value assigned). */
4833 /* We print all the stop information in
4834 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4835 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4836 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4838 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4840 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4842 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4844 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4845 which its expression is valid.\n");
4847 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4848 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4849 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4855 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4856 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4857 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4860 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4861 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4862 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4864 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4866 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4867 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4869 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4872 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4873 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4876 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4878 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4879 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4881 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4882 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4883 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4884 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4885 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4888 int must_check_value
= 0;
4890 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4891 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4893 must_check_value
= 1;
4894 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4895 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4896 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4898 must_check_value
= 1;
4899 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4900 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4901 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4902 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4903 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4904 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4905 must_check_value
= 1;
4907 if (must_check_value
)
4910 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4912 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4913 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4915 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4919 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4920 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4924 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4927 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4928 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4930 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4932 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4933 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4934 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4935 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4936 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4937 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4938 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4941 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4942 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4945 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4946 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4947 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4948 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4950 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4951 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4952 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4955 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4956 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4957 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4958 changes. This still gives false positives when
4959 the program writes the same value to memory as
4960 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4961 it for a read), but it's much better than
4964 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4966 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4968 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4970 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4971 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4972 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4974 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4975 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4977 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4978 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4980 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4986 if (other_write_watchpoint
4987 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4989 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4990 and the value changed since the last time we
4991 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4993 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4998 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4999 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5000 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5002 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5003 the value hasn't changed. */
5004 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5012 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5013 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5014 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5015 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5016 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5020 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5022 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5023 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5024 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5025 anything for this watchpoint. */
5026 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5033 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5034 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5035 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5038 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5040 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5041 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5042 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5044 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5045 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5046 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5047 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5048 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5050 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5051 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5052 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5054 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5055 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5059 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5060 struct expression
*cond
;
5062 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5063 method implemented. */
5064 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5065 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5067 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5069 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5076 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5078 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5079 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5081 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5082 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5083 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5084 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5086 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5088 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5089 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5093 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5094 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5095 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5096 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5097 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5099 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5100 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5103 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5105 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5106 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5107 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5108 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5109 really matter which instantiation of the function
5110 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5111 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5112 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5113 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5114 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5115 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5116 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5117 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5119 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5121 select_frame (frame
);
5123 within_current_scope
= 0;
5125 if (within_current_scope
)
5127 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5128 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5132 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5133 "in the current scope"));
5134 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5135 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5138 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5139 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5142 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5146 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5150 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5154 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5156 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5162 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5163 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5165 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5166 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5169 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5171 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5173 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5174 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5175 several reasons concurrently.)
5177 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5178 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5181 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5182 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5183 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5185 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5186 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5187 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5188 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5189 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5190 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5193 int need_remove_insert
;
5196 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5197 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5198 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5199 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5200 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5201 inferior function calls. */
5205 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5208 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5210 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5211 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5212 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5213 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5214 checked all locations already. */
5215 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5218 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5221 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5224 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5227 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5230 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5231 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5232 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5236 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5237 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5238 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5240 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5242 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5244 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5249 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5251 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5253 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5254 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5257 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5261 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5262 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5263 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5265 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5267 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5269 handle_solib_event ();
5274 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5275 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5276 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5280 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5285 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5286 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5289 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5296 /* We will stop here. */
5297 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5299 --(b
->enable_count
);
5300 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5301 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5302 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5307 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5308 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5309 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5310 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5316 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5318 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5319 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5322 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5323 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5324 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5326 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5327 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5328 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5330 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5331 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5333 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5335 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5336 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5339 if (need_remove_insert
)
5340 update_global_location_list (1);
5341 else if (removed_any
)
5342 update_global_location_list (0);
5348 handle_jit_event (void)
5350 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5351 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5353 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5354 breakpoint_re_set. */
5355 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5357 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5358 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5360 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5362 target_terminal_inferior ();
5365 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5367 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5370 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5372 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5376 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5377 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5378 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5380 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5382 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5383 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5384 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5387 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5389 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5390 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5394 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5401 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5404 case bp_shlib_event
:
5408 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5410 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5416 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5417 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5418 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5422 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5424 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5428 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5429 This requires no further action. */
5433 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5435 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5436 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5438 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5439 case bp_exception_resume
:
5440 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5441 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5443 case bp_step_resume
:
5445 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5448 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5452 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5454 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5457 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5458 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5461 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5462 case bp_thread_event
:
5463 case bp_overlay_event
:
5464 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5465 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5466 case bp_exception_master
:
5467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5473 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5475 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5479 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5480 This requires no further action. */
5485 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5488 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5489 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5490 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5491 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5493 case bp_std_terminate
:
5494 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5495 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5496 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5497 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5500 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5501 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5502 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5503 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5505 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5506 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5508 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5509 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5510 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5512 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5513 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5514 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5515 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5520 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5526 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5530 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5544 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5546 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5582 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5598 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5599 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5603 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5605 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5607 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5608 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5609 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5614 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5631 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5632 char host_evals
= 0;
5633 char target_evals
= 0;
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5645 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5647 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5653 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5655 else if (target_evals
)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5658 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5667 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5674 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5677 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5684 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5687 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5689 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5695 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5697 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5703 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5711 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5716 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5718 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5722 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5723 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5725 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5727 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5729 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5732 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5734 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5735 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5736 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5738 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5740 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5741 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5744 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5748 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5750 struct ep_type_description
5755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5757 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5758 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_until
, "until"},
5761 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5769 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5770 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5771 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5772 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5773 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5774 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5775 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5776 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5777 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5778 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5779 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5781 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5782 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5783 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5787 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5792 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5793 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5794 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5795 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5798 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5803 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5804 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5807 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5808 const char *field_name
,
5812 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
5813 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5817 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5818 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5819 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5822 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
5824 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5830 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5836 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5838 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5840 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5844 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5847 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5850 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5851 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5853 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5856 struct command_line
*l
;
5857 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5859 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5860 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5861 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5862 struct value_print_options opts
;
5864 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5866 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5867 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5868 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5871 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5872 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5880 if (part_of_multiple
)
5883 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5889 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5894 if (part_of_multiple
)
5895 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5901 if (part_of_multiple
)
5902 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5909 if (part_of_multiple
)
5910 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5912 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5913 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5914 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5918 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5920 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5921 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5922 make sure there's just one location. */
5923 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5924 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5931 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5935 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5936 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5937 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5939 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5941 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5942 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5943 is relatively readable). */
5944 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5945 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5952 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5956 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5959 case bp_exception_resume
:
5960 case bp_step_resume
:
5961 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5962 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5964 case bp_std_terminate
:
5965 case bp_shlib_event
:
5966 case bp_thread_event
:
5967 case bp_overlay_event
:
5968 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5969 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5970 case bp_exception_master
:
5972 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5973 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5977 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5978 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5981 if (header_of_multiple
)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5983 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5986 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5987 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5990 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5991 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5998 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6000 struct inferior
*inf
;
6001 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6006 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6007 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6010 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6011 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6013 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6014 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6015 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6016 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6017 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6018 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6020 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6021 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6024 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6026 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6028 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6029 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6033 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6035 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6042 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6043 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6045 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6049 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6051 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6052 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6056 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6059 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6063 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6065 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6066 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6067 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6068 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6069 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6071 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6072 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6073 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6074 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6076 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6079 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6081 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6087 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6091 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6092 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6094 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6099 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6100 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6103 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6107 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6108 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6109 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6113 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6116 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6121 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6122 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6123 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6124 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6127 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6128 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6129 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6130 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6134 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6138 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6140 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6142 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6144 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6145 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6146 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6150 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6151 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6153 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6156 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6157 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6158 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6161 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6163 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6165 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6167 annotate_field (10);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6169 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6170 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6173 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6175 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6177 annotate_field (11);
6179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6181 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6185 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6188 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6195 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6197 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6201 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6207 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6208 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6211 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6212 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6214 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6216 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6217 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6219 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6220 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6221 locations, if any. */
6222 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6224 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6225 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6226 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6229 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6230 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6232 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6233 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6235 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6238 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6240 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6241 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6242 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6243 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6250 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6252 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6253 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6255 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6259 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6260 an address to print. */
6261 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6264 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6265 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6266 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6269 return print_address_bits
;
6272 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6278 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6280 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6282 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6286 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6288 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6296 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6297 char **error_message
)
6299 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6302 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6304 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6305 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6311 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6312 internal or momentary. */
6315 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6317 return b
->number
> 0;
6320 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6321 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6322 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6323 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6324 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6325 breakpoints listed. */
6328 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6329 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6332 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6333 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6334 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6335 struct value_print_options opts
;
6336 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6337 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6338 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6340 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6342 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6343 required for address fields. */
6344 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6347 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6348 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6351 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6352 accept. Skip the others. */
6353 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6355 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6357 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6361 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6363 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6365 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6366 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6367 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6369 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6370 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6371 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6373 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6377 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6379 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6380 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6384 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6389 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6392 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6395 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6396 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6397 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6399 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6402 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6403 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6407 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6409 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6411 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6412 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6414 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6417 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6419 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6424 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6425 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6428 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6429 accept. Skip the others. */
6431 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6433 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6435 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6438 else /* all others */
6440 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6444 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6446 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6447 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6450 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6452 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6454 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6458 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6459 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6461 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6462 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6468 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6469 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6472 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6473 there have been breakpoints? */
6474 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6476 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6479 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6480 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6483 default_collect_info (void)
6485 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6487 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6488 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6490 if (!*default_collect
)
6493 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6496 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6501 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6503 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6505 default_collect_info ();
6509 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6511 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6512 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6514 if (num_printed
== 0)
6516 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6517 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6519 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6524 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6526 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6528 default_collect_info ();
6532 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6533 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6534 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6536 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6538 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6540 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6541 && bl
->address
== pc
6542 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6548 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6549 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6553 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6554 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6555 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6561 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6562 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6567 else /* if (others == ???) */
6568 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6570 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6573 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6574 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6576 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6577 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6578 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6579 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6580 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6582 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6586 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6588 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6589 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6590 printf_filtered (".\n");
6595 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6596 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6597 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6598 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6600 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6601 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6602 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6603 breakpoint at address zero:
6611 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6613 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6615 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6618 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6619 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6622 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6623 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6625 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6626 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6628 /* Both of them must exist. */
6629 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6630 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6632 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6633 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6634 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6635 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6636 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6637 other watchpoint. */
6639 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6641 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6644 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6646 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6650 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6651 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6652 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6653 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6654 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6655 become hw_access locations later. */
6656 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6657 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6658 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6659 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6662 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6663 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6664 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6665 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6668 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6669 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6671 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6672 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6676 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6677 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6678 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6679 space doesn't really matter. */
6682 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6683 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6686 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6687 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6688 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6691 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6692 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6693 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6694 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6697 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6698 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6701 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6704 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6705 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6709 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6710 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6711 true, otherwise returns false. */
6714 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6715 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6717 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6718 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6719 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6720 different locations. */
6721 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6726 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6727 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6728 represent the same location. */
6731 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6732 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6734 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6736 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6737 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6738 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6740 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6741 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6743 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6746 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6747 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6748 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6750 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6751 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6752 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6753 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6757 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6758 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6760 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6761 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6765 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6766 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6768 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6769 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6771 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6774 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6775 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6776 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6777 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6780 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6781 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6783 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6785 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6788 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6789 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6790 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6791 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6792 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6794 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6795 have their addresses modified. */
6800 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6802 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6803 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6804 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6806 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6807 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6809 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6810 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6812 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6817 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6818 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6820 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6822 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6827 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6828 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6831 switch (owner
->type
)
6837 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6838 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6840 case bp_exception_resume
:
6841 case bp_step_resume
:
6842 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6843 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6845 case bp_std_terminate
:
6846 case bp_shlib_event
:
6847 case bp_thread_event
:
6848 case bp_overlay_event
:
6850 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6851 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6852 case bp_exception_master
:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6854 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6856 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6857 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6859 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6860 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6861 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6864 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6865 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6866 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6871 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6872 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6873 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6876 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6882 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6884 static struct bp_location
*
6885 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6887 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6891 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6893 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6897 /* Increment reference count. */
6900 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6905 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6906 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6909 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6911 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6913 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6914 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6918 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6921 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6923 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6925 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6926 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6928 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6930 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6939 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6942 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6943 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6945 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6947 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6949 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6953 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6954 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6955 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6957 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6960 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6962 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6963 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6964 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6965 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6968 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6969 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6971 static struct breakpoint
*
6972 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6974 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6976 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6978 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6979 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6983 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6984 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6988 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6990 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6992 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6993 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6994 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6997 const char *function_name
;
6998 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7000 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7001 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7003 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7005 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7007 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7008 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7009 &loc
->requested_address
))
7011 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7012 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7013 loc
->requested_address
,
7016 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7017 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7019 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7020 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7021 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7022 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7024 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7029 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7033 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7035 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7040 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7045 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7046 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7047 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7049 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7050 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7051 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7054 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7055 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7056 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7058 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7060 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7062 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7063 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7065 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7066 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7068 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7069 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7072 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7073 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7074 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7075 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7076 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7077 is also returned as the value of this function.
7079 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7080 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7081 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7082 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7083 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7084 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7085 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7088 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7089 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7090 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7092 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7094 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7095 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7100 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7101 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7103 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7105 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7107 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7109 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7110 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7112 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7113 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7114 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7118 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7119 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7120 initiated the operation. */
7123 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7125 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7126 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7128 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7129 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7130 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7131 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7133 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7134 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7135 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7137 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7138 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7140 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7141 after their removal. */
7142 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7143 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7144 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7147 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7150 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7152 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7154 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7156 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7157 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7159 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7160 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7165 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7167 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7170 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7172 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7173 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7177 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7178 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7179 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7183 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7185 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7188 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7190 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7192 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7194 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7196 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7198 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7201 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7202 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7203 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7204 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7210 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7211 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7214 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7215 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7219 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7221 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7224 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7226 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7228 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7229 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7230 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7231 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7234 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7236 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7238 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7239 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7240 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7242 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7247 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7249 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7252 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7254 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7255 update_global_location_list (1);
7256 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7261 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7266 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7268 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7269 update_global_location_list (0);
7270 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7274 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7275 master breakpoint. */
7277 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7279 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7282 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7283 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7285 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7286 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7290 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7292 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7294 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7297 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7298 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7302 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7304 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7306 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7307 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7309 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7310 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7312 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7314 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7320 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7322 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7325 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7326 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7327 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7330 struct lang_and_radix
7336 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7339 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7341 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7343 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7344 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7345 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7349 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7352 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7354 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7357 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7358 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7359 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7363 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7365 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7368 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7369 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7370 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7374 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7376 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7378 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7379 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7380 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7384 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7385 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7388 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7390 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7392 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7394 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7395 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7397 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7398 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7399 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7400 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7401 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7402 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7403 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7404 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7405 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7406 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7407 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7408 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7411 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7416 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7417 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7421 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7423 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7424 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7426 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7427 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7428 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7429 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7430 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7431 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7434 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7436 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7437 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7439 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7440 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7441 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7442 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7443 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7444 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7445 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7446 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7447 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7449 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7450 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7451 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7452 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7455 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7456 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7458 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7460 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7461 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7462 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7465 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7470 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7472 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7473 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7474 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7475 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7476 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7478 struct fork_catchpoint
7480 /* The base class. */
7481 struct breakpoint base
;
7483 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7484 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7485 catchpoint has triggered. */
7486 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7489 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7493 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7495 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7498 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7502 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7504 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7507 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7511 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7512 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7513 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7515 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7517 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7520 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7524 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7527 static enum print_stop_action
7528 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7530 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7531 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7532 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7534 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7535 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7538 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7539 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7541 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7542 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7543 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7545 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7546 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7547 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7548 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7549 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7552 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7556 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7558 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7559 struct value_print_options opts
;
7560 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7562 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7564 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7565 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7567 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7568 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7570 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7571 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7573 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7574 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7575 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7576 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7579 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7580 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7583 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7587 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7589 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7592 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7596 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7598 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7599 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7602 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7604 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7606 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7610 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7612 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7615 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7619 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7621 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7624 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7628 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7629 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7630 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7632 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7634 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7637 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7641 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7644 static enum print_stop_action
7645 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7647 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7648 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7649 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7651 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7652 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7653 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7655 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7656 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7658 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7659 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7660 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7662 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7663 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7664 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7665 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7666 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7669 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7673 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7675 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7676 struct value_print_options opts
;
7677 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7679 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7680 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7681 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7683 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7684 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7686 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7687 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7689 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7690 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7691 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7692 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7695 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7699 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7703 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7705 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7708 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7712 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7715 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7718 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7720 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7722 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7723 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7724 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7725 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7726 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7728 struct solib_catchpoint
7730 /* The base class. */
7731 struct breakpoint base
;
7733 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7734 unsigned char is_load
;
7736 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7737 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7743 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7745 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7748 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7749 xfree (self
->regex
);
7751 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7755 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7761 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7767 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7768 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7770 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7772 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7773 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7775 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7780 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7782 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7785 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7788 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7791 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7793 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7802 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7804 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7805 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7810 struct so_list
*iter
;
7813 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7818 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7827 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7832 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7838 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7841 static enum print_stop_action
7842 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7844 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7845 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7847 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7848 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7849 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7851 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7852 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7853 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7854 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7856 print_solib_event (1);
7857 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7861 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7863 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7864 struct value_print_options opts
;
7865 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7868 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7869 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7870 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7872 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7875 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7882 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7884 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7889 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7891 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7893 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7896 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7898 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7902 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7904 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7906 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7907 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7911 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7913 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7916 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7917 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7923 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7925 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7926 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7927 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7928 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7929 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7930 created in an enabled state. */
7933 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7935 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7936 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7937 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7941 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7943 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7944 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7950 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7953 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7955 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7956 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7958 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7961 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7962 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7963 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7965 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7967 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7968 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7971 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7975 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7976 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7979 const int enabled
= 1;
7981 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7983 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7987 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7988 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7990 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7994 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7995 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7997 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8000 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8001 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8002 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8003 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8004 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8006 struct syscall_catchpoint
8008 /* The base class. */
8009 struct breakpoint base
;
8011 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8012 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8013 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8014 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8015 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8018 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8022 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8024 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8026 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8028 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8031 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8033 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8035 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8036 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8037 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8039 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8040 int any_syscall_count
;
8042 /* Count of each system call. */
8043 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8045 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8046 if any catching is necessary. */
8047 int total_syscalls_count
;
8050 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8051 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8053 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8055 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8056 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8058 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8059 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8066 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8072 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8076 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8078 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8079 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8080 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8081 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8083 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8084 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8085 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8091 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8096 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8098 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8099 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8100 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8102 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8103 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8104 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8106 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8107 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8109 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8110 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8114 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8115 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8116 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8118 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8120 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8123 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8127 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8129 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8130 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8131 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8132 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8134 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8135 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8136 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8142 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8146 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8147 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8149 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8150 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8154 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8155 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8156 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8158 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8160 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8163 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8167 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8168 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8169 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8171 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8172 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8173 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8174 int syscall_number
= 0;
8175 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8176 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8178 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8179 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8182 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8184 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8185 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8190 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8192 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8202 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8205 static enum print_stop_action
8206 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8208 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8209 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8210 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8211 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8212 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8213 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8215 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8218 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8220 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8222 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8224 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8227 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8228 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8230 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8231 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8232 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8233 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8236 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8238 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8239 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8241 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8243 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8244 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8248 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8250 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8253 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8257 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8258 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8260 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8261 struct value_print_options opts
;
8262 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8264 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8265 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8266 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8268 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8272 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8273 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8274 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8276 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8278 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8281 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8284 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8289 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8292 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8294 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8296 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8297 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8301 /* Remove the last comma. */
8302 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8303 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8306 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8307 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8309 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8310 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8313 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8317 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8319 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8321 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8325 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8326 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8328 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8331 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8335 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8338 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8340 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8342 printf_filtered (")");
8345 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8349 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8353 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8355 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8357 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8359 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8364 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8369 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8376 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8379 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8381 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8383 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8386 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8388 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8391 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8392 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8393 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8394 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8397 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8398 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8400 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8402 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8405 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8407 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8409 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8410 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8414 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8416 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8417 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8418 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8419 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8422 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8425 update_global_location_list (1);
8429 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8430 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8431 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8433 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8435 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8437 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8439 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8442 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8444 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8445 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8446 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8447 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8448 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8450 struct exec_catchpoint
8452 /* The base class. */
8453 struct breakpoint base
;
8455 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8456 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8458 char *exec_pathname
;
8461 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8465 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8467 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8469 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8471 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8475 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8477 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8481 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8483 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8487 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8488 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8489 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8491 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8493 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8496 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8500 static enum print_stop_action
8501 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8503 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8504 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8505 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8507 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8508 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8509 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8511 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8512 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8514 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8515 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8516 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8518 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8519 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8521 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8523 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8527 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8529 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8530 struct value_print_options opts
;
8531 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8533 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8535 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8536 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8537 is relatively readable). */
8538 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8539 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8542 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8544 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8545 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8546 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8550 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8554 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8556 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8559 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8563 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8566 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8569 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8572 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8573 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8575 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8576 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8578 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8579 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8580 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8582 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8586 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8589 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8590 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8594 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8595 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8597 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8599 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8606 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8610 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8613 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8615 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8618 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8620 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8622 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8628 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8629 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8630 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8631 types _not_ TYPE. */
8634 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8635 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8638 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8640 *other_type_used
= 0;
8645 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8648 if (b
->type
== type
)
8649 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8650 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8651 *other_type_used
= 1;
8658 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8664 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8666 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8667 update_global_location_list (0);
8673 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8675 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8679 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8681 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8682 update_global_location_list (1);
8688 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8690 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8691 update_global_location_list (0);
8695 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8697 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8698 breakpoint_re_set ();
8702 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8703 at address specified by SAL.
8704 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8707 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8708 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8710 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8712 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8714 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8716 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8717 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8718 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8719 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8721 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8722 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8724 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8725 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8727 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8732 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8733 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8736 static struct breakpoint
*
8737 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8739 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8741 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8743 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8744 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8745 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8747 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8748 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8749 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8750 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8751 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8752 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8753 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8754 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8755 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8756 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8757 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8759 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8760 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8761 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8763 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8767 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8771 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8773 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8777 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8781 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8784 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8786 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8788 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8789 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8791 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8795 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8798 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8800 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8801 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8803 printf_filtered ("\n");
8807 static struct bp_location
*
8808 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8809 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8811 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8812 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8813 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8815 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8816 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8818 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8819 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8820 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8821 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8822 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8823 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8824 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8827 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8828 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8829 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8830 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8835 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8836 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8837 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8838 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8839 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8840 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8841 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8842 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8843 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8845 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8846 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8851 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8852 return 0 otherwise. */
8855 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8859 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8860 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8861 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8864 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8866 addr
= loc
->address
;
8867 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8869 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8873 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8875 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8876 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8877 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8878 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8880 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8881 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8883 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8884 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8887 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8892 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8893 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8896 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8898 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8899 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8904 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8906 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8908 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8910 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8912 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8913 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8915 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8916 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8917 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8919 if (!dprintf_function
)
8920 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8922 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8923 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8928 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8932 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8934 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8935 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8938 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8939 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8943 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8944 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8946 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8947 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8949 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8951 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8953 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8954 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8955 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8956 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8957 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8958 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8961 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8962 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8963 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8964 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8965 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8966 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8968 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8972 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8973 current style settings. */
8976 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8977 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8979 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8983 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8984 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8988 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8989 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8990 as condition expression. */
8993 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8994 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8995 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8997 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8998 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8999 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9000 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9001 int display_canonical
)
9005 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9007 int target_resources_ok
;
9009 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9010 target_resources_ok
=
9011 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9013 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9014 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9015 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9016 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9019 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9021 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9023 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9024 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9028 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9030 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9032 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9033 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9038 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9042 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9043 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9044 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9045 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9046 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9048 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9049 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9051 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9053 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9054 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9056 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9058 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9059 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9060 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9064 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9066 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9068 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9069 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9071 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9073 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9075 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9077 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9078 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9080 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9082 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9085 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9086 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9093 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9094 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9098 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9099 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9103 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9105 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9106 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9108 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9111 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9112 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9113 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9115 if (b
->extra_string
)
9116 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9118 error (_("Format string required"));
9120 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9121 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9124 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9126 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9128 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9131 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9136 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9137 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9138 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9140 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9141 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9143 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9144 int display_canonical
)
9146 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9147 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9149 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9151 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9153 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9157 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9159 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9161 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9163 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9165 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9167 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9169 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9171 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9174 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9175 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9176 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9177 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9178 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9179 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9180 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9181 we take just a single condition string.
9183 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9184 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9185 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9186 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9187 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9190 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9191 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9192 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9193 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9194 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9195 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9196 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9199 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9201 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9202 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9204 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9206 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9207 'break', without arguments. */
9208 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9209 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9211 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9212 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9214 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9215 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9218 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9220 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9221 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9222 canonical
->special_display
);
9223 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9227 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9228 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9229 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9230 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9232 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9233 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9236 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9237 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9239 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9241 if ((*address
) == NULL
9242 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9244 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9246 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9248 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9249 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9252 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9253 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9254 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9256 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9257 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9258 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9259 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9260 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9261 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9263 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9265 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9266 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9267 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9268 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9269 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9271 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9273 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9274 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9275 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9277 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9280 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9284 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9286 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9287 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9288 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9289 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9291 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9292 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9293 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9295 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9296 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9297 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9298 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9299 get_last_displayed_line (),
9300 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9302 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9303 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9308 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9309 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9312 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9316 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9317 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9320 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9321 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9322 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9323 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9324 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9328 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9329 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9332 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9334 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9336 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9338 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9340 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9342 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9343 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9344 associated with SAL. */
9347 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9349 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9352 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9353 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9355 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9359 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9361 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9362 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9364 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9367 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9368 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9369 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9370 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9371 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9372 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9375 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9376 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9379 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9386 const char *end_tok
;
9388 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9389 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9391 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9393 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9395 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9399 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9401 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9403 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9405 struct expression
*expr
;
9407 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9408 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9411 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9413 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9418 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9420 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9421 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9422 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9425 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9430 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9432 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9433 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9434 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9439 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9443 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9447 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9449 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9450 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9452 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9453 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9454 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9455 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9460 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9462 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9464 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9465 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9467 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9468 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9469 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9471 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9472 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9474 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9476 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9478 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9480 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9482 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9483 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9485 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9488 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9494 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9495 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9496 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9497 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9498 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9499 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9500 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9501 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9502 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9503 was created; false otherwise. */
9506 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9507 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9508 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9510 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9512 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9513 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9514 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9517 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9518 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9519 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9520 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9521 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9522 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9525 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9527 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9529 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9531 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9533 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9534 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9537 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9541 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9547 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9549 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9552 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9553 throw_exception (e
);
9555 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9557 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9558 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9559 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9560 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9561 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9564 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9565 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9566 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9567 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9569 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9571 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9572 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9573 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9574 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9575 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9577 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9581 throw_exception (e
);
9585 throw_exception (e
);
9588 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9589 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9591 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9592 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9593 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9594 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9595 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9597 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9598 are ok for the target. */
9602 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9604 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9605 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9608 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9609 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9612 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9614 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9615 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9618 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9619 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9623 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9625 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9630 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9631 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9632 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9633 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9635 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9636 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9638 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9640 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9642 extra_string
= rest
;
9647 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9649 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9652 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9653 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9655 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9658 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9659 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9663 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9664 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9665 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9666 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9667 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9671 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9673 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9675 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9677 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9679 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9683 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9685 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9687 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9689 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9692 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9695 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9696 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9698 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9700 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9701 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9702 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9703 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9704 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9705 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9706 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9707 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9709 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9712 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9714 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9715 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9716 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9719 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9721 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9722 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9723 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9725 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9726 update_global_location_list (1);
9731 /* Set a breakpoint.
9732 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9733 condition, and thread.
9734 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9735 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9739 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9741 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9742 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9743 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9745 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9746 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9748 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9749 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9750 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9752 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9754 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9756 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9757 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9758 0 /* Ignore count */,
9759 pending_break_support
,
9767 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9770 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9774 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9776 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9777 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9778 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9781 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9782 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9783 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9784 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9787 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9789 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9793 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9796 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9799 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9800 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9804 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9805 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9806 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9807 happen in assembly source). */
9809 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9810 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9812 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9814 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9816 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9818 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9825 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9827 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9831 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9833 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9837 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9839 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9843 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9845 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9849 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9851 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9852 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9853 stop at <line>\n"));
9857 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9861 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9863 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9868 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9869 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9870 function/method name. */
9871 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9873 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9878 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9880 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9884 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9886 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9890 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9894 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9901 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9902 it is probably a line number. */
9903 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9905 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9910 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9912 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9916 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9918 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9921 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9922 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9923 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9927 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9929 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9931 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9933 0 /* Ignore count */,
9934 pending_break_support
,
9935 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9943 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9945 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9948 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9949 ranged breakpoints. */
9952 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9953 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9955 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9957 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9958 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9961 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9962 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9965 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9966 ranged breakpoints. */
9969 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9971 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9974 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9975 ranged breakpoints. */
9977 static enum print_stop_action
9978 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9980 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9981 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9982 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9984 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9986 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9987 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9989 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9990 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9991 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9996 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9998 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10000 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10001 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10003 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10006 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10007 ranged breakpoints. */
10010 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10011 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10013 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10014 struct value_print_options opts
;
10015 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10017 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10018 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10020 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10022 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10023 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10024 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10025 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10026 annotate_field (5);
10027 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10031 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10032 ranged breakpoints. */
10035 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10036 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10038 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10039 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10040 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10041 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10045 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10046 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10049 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10050 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10051 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10052 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10055 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10058 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10059 ranged breakpoints. */
10062 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10064 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10065 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10068 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10070 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10073 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10074 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10075 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10078 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10079 ranged breakpoints. */
10082 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10085 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10086 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10089 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10091 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10093 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10094 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10095 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10096 last instruction of the given line. */
10099 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10103 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10104 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10105 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10112 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10114 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10116 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10123 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10126 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10128 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10129 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10130 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10132 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10133 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10134 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10135 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10137 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10138 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10139 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10141 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10142 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10143 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10145 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10146 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10148 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10149 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10150 error(_("No address range specified."));
10152 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10155 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10157 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10160 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10161 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10162 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10164 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10166 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10167 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10168 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10170 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10171 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10172 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10174 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10175 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10177 /* Parse the end location. */
10179 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10182 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10183 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10184 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10185 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10186 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10187 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10188 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10189 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10191 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10193 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10194 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10196 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10197 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10198 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10199 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10201 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10202 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10203 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10205 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10206 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10207 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10209 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10211 /* Length overflowed. */
10212 error (_("Address range too large."));
10213 else if (length
== 1)
10215 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10216 the `hbreak' command. */
10217 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10219 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10224 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10225 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10226 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10227 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10228 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10229 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10230 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10231 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10232 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10234 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10237 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10238 update_global_location_list (1);
10241 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10242 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10243 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10247 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10249 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10255 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10256 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10259 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10269 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10270 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10271 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10273 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10275 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10304 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10307 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10308 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10313 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10314 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10315 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10316 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10317 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10318 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10319 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10321 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10322 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10327 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10329 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10330 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10331 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10332 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10334 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10335 are always constant. */
10337 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10339 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10340 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10341 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10346 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10347 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10348 then it is not a constant. */
10357 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10360 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10362 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10364 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10366 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10367 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10368 value_free (w
->val
);
10370 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10373 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10376 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10378 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10380 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10381 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10383 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10384 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10385 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10386 are loaded and unloaded.
10388 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10389 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10390 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10391 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10392 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10393 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10395 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10396 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10397 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10398 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10400 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10401 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10403 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10404 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10405 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10411 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10413 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10414 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10416 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10420 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10423 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10425 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10426 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10428 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10433 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10434 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10435 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10437 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10438 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10440 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10441 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10442 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10443 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10444 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10445 (did not match the data address). */
10446 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10447 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10454 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10456 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10458 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10461 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10462 hardware watchpoints. */
10465 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10467 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10468 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10470 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10473 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10474 hardware watchpoints. */
10477 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10479 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10480 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10483 static enum print_stop_action
10484 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10486 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10487 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10488 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10489 enum print_stop_action result
;
10490 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10491 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10493 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10495 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10496 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10498 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10499 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10503 case bp_watchpoint
:
10504 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10505 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10506 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10507 ui_out_field_string
10509 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10511 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10513 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10514 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10516 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10517 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10518 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10519 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10520 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10523 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10524 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10525 ui_out_field_string
10527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10529 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10530 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10531 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10532 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10534 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10537 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10538 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10540 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10542 ui_out_field_string
10544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10546 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10547 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10548 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10549 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10555 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10556 ui_out_field_string
10558 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10559 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10562 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10563 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10564 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10565 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10568 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10571 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10575 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10579 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10581 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10582 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10583 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10587 case bp_watchpoint
:
10588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10589 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10591 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10595 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10599 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10601 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10604 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10605 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10608 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10609 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10610 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10611 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10614 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10618 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10620 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10624 case bp_watchpoint
:
10625 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10628 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10631 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10632 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10635 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10636 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10640 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10643 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10646 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10647 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10649 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10650 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10651 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10652 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
10654 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
10657 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10659 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10661 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10662 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10665 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10667 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10669 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10670 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10673 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10674 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10677 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10679 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10681 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10682 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10685 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10686 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10689 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10691 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10693 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10696 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10700 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10705 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10706 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10708 static enum print_stop_action
10709 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10711 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10712 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10714 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10715 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10719 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10720 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10721 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10722 ui_out_field_string
10724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10727 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10728 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10729 ui_out_field_string
10731 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10734 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10735 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10736 ui_out_field_string
10738 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10741 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10742 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10746 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10747 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10748 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10749 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10751 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10752 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10755 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10756 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10759 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10760 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10762 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10764 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10765 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10767 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10768 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10769 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10772 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10773 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10776 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10778 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10779 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10780 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10785 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10786 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10788 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10789 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10790 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10792 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10793 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10794 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10797 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10798 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10801 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10802 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10803 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10804 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10807 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10808 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10811 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10813 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10818 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10821 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10824 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10828 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10829 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10832 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10833 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10834 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10837 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10839 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10841 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10844 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10846 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10849 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10850 hw_read: watch read,
10851 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10853 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10854 int just_location
, int internal
)
10856 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10857 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10858 struct expression
*exp
;
10859 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10860 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10861 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10862 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10863 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10864 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10866 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10867 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10868 enum bptype bp_type
;
10871 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10872 the hardware watchpoint. */
10874 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10875 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10877 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10879 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10880 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10882 const char *value_start
;
10884 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10886 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10887 of the arguments string. */
10888 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10890 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10891 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10894 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10895 This is the value of the parameter. */
10896 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10898 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10900 /* Skip whitespace. */
10901 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10906 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10907 This is the parameter itself. */
10908 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10911 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10913 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10915 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10916 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10917 only in a specific thread. */
10921 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10923 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10924 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10926 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10928 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10929 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10931 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10932 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10933 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10935 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10937 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10938 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10940 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10943 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10945 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10947 mark
= value_mark ();
10948 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10949 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10950 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10953 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10956 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10957 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10964 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10965 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10967 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10968 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10969 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10970 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10971 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10973 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10974 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10976 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10979 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10980 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10984 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10985 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10987 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10990 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10991 mark
= value_mark ();
10992 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10998 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10999 val
= value_addr (result
);
11000 release_value (val
);
11001 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11005 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11008 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11009 else if (ret
== -2)
11010 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11013 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11014 release_value (val
);
11016 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11017 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11019 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11020 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11022 struct expression
*cond
;
11024 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11025 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11026 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11028 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11029 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11030 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11036 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11038 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11039 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11040 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11041 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11043 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11045 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11047 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11048 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11049 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11050 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11051 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11053 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11056 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11057 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11058 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11059 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11061 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11063 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11064 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11066 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11067 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11069 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11070 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11071 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11072 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11073 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11074 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11075 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11076 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11077 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11081 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11083 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11086 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11087 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11089 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11090 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11091 b
->thread
= thread
;
11092 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11093 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11095 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11096 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11099 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11100 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11103 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11104 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11106 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11107 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11110 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11111 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11113 /* The above expression is in C. */
11114 b
->language
= language_c
;
11117 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11121 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11130 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11132 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11136 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11137 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11141 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11142 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11145 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11147 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11148 need to act on them together. */
11149 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11150 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11153 if (!just_location
)
11154 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11156 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11158 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11159 that should be inserted. */
11160 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11164 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11165 throw_exception (e
);
11168 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11169 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11172 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11173 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11176 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11178 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11179 struct value
*head
= v
;
11181 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11182 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11185 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11186 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11187 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11188 hardware watchpoint.
11190 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11191 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11192 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11193 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11194 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11195 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11196 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11197 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11198 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11200 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11201 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11202 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11203 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11204 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11206 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11208 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11209 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11210 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11211 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11212 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11213 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11217 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11218 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11219 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11221 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11222 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11223 middle of some value chain. */
11225 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11226 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11228 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11232 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11233 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11234 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11236 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11240 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11244 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11245 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11246 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11247 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11248 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11251 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11252 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11253 return found_memory_cnt
;
11257 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11259 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11262 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11263 calls watch_command_1. */
11266 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11268 int just_location
= 0;
11271 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11272 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11274 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11278 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11282 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11284 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11288 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11290 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11294 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11296 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11300 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11302 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11306 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11308 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11312 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11313 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11315 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11317 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11318 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11322 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11323 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11324 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11327 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11329 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11331 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11332 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11333 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11334 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11338 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11340 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11341 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11342 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11343 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11344 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11345 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11346 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11347 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11348 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11350 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11352 clear_proceed_status ();
11354 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11357 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11358 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11359 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11360 get_last_displayed_line ());
11362 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11363 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11365 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11366 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11368 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11369 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11372 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11374 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11376 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11379 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11381 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11382 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11383 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11386 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11387 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11388 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11389 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11391 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11394 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11396 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11398 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11399 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11400 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11404 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11406 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11407 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11410 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11414 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11415 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11416 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11417 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11419 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11420 only at the very same frame. */
11421 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11422 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11423 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11425 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11427 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11428 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11429 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11430 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11432 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11434 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11435 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11437 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11438 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11439 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11441 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11442 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11443 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11447 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11450 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11451 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11453 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11454 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11455 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11456 if clause in the arg string. */
11459 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11463 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11466 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11469 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11470 condition string. */
11471 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11472 cond_string
= *arg
;
11474 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11476 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11478 return cond_string
;
11481 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11482 process start/exit, etc. */
11486 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11487 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11492 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11493 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11495 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11496 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11497 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11500 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11501 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11502 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11506 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11508 /* The allowed syntax is:
11510 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11512 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11513 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11515 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11516 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11518 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11519 and enable reporting of such events. */
11522 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11523 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11524 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11525 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11527 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11528 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11529 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11530 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11533 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11539 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11540 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11542 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11543 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11545 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11547 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11551 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11553 /* The allowed syntax is:
11555 catch exec if <cond>
11557 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11558 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11560 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11561 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11563 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11564 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11565 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11566 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11568 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11572 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11573 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11574 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11576 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11582 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11584 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11586 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11587 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11588 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11589 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11590 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11591 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11592 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11593 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11594 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11595 enough for now, though. */
11598 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11600 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11601 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11602 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11603 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11606 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11607 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11609 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11611 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11612 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11614 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11616 int i
, syscall_number
;
11618 char cur_name
[128];
11621 /* Skip whitespace. */
11622 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11624 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11625 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11626 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11629 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11630 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11631 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11632 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11635 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11637 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11639 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11640 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11641 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11642 syscall number to be caught. */
11643 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11646 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11647 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11650 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11654 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11657 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11658 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11663 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11665 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11666 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11667 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11668 this architecture yet."));
11670 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11672 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11674 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11675 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11676 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11677 for his/her architecture. */
11678 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11680 /* The allowed syntax is:
11682 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11684 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11687 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11691 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11692 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11696 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11698 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11703 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11705 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11708 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11711 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11713 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11714 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11715 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11716 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11718 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11720 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11723 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11727 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11730 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11733 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11735 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11736 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11739 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11740 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11742 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11746 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11747 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11748 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11749 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11754 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11755 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11756 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11757 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11759 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11760 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11761 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11762 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11763 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11764 error (_("No source file specified."));
11766 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11772 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11773 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11774 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11775 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11777 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11778 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11779 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11780 due to optimization, all in one block.
11782 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11783 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11784 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11785 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11786 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11787 to support that. */
11789 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11790 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11791 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11795 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11796 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11798 const char *sal_fullname
;
11800 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11801 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11802 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11805 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11810 1 0 <can't happen> */
11812 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11813 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11814 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11816 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11820 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11821 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11823 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11824 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11826 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11827 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11828 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11830 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11831 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11832 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11833 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11834 int line_match
= 0;
11836 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11837 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11838 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11839 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11840 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11841 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11842 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11845 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11854 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11858 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11859 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11862 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11864 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11867 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11868 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11869 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11870 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11871 compare_breakpoints
);
11872 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11873 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11877 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11882 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11883 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11886 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11887 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11889 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11892 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11895 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11896 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11899 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11901 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11904 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11905 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11906 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11909 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11911 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11913 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11914 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11915 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11917 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11919 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11921 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11922 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11926 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11927 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11928 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11929 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11930 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11931 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11934 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11936 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11937 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11938 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11939 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11940 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11942 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11943 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11945 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11946 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11949 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11950 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11951 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11953 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11954 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11955 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11957 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11958 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11959 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11961 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11962 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11963 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11965 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11968 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11969 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11970 content of the bp_location array. */
11973 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11975 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11977 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11978 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11980 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11982 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11984 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11987 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11988 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11990 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11991 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11992 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11993 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11995 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11997 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11998 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11999 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12000 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12004 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12007 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12009 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12010 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12012 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12015 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12017 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12019 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12020 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12021 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12023 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12024 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12025 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12028 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12030 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12031 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12033 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12036 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12038 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12041 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12043 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12044 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12045 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12046 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12049 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12052 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12055 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12057 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12058 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12059 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12060 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12062 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12063 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12064 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12065 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12066 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12068 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12069 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12070 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12071 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12072 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12073 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12074 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12075 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12078 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12079 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12080 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12084 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12086 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12087 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12088 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12091 address
= bl
->address
;
12092 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12094 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12095 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12096 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12098 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12099 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12102 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12103 the same program space as the location
12104 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12105 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12110 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12111 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12114 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12115 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12116 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12117 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12118 that have already been marked. */
12119 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12121 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12123 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12125 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12126 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12131 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12132 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12133 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12134 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12135 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12136 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12137 returns true on them.
12139 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12140 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12141 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12142 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12143 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12144 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12147 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12149 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12150 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12151 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12152 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12153 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12154 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12155 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12157 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12158 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12159 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12160 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12161 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12163 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12164 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12165 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12166 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12168 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12169 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12170 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12171 unsigned old_location_count
;
12173 old_location
= bp_location
;
12174 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12175 bp_location
= NULL
;
12176 bp_location_count
= 0;
12177 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12180 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12181 bp_location_count
++;
12183 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12184 locp
= bp_location
;
12185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12186 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12188 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12189 bp_location_compare
);
12191 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12193 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12194 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12195 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12196 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12197 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12200 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12201 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12203 locp
= bp_location
;
12204 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12207 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12208 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12210 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12211 not, we have to free it. */
12212 int found_object
= 0;
12213 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12214 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12217 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12218 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12219 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12220 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12224 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12225 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12228 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12229 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12230 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12232 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12233 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12234 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12236 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12237 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12240 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12244 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12245 have to go through updates again. */
12246 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12248 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12250 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12252 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12253 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12254 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12255 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12256 at certain location is not inserted. */
12258 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12260 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12263 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12265 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12266 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12267 keep_in_target
= 1;
12271 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12272 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12273 remove its target-side condition. */
12275 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12276 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12277 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12278 this one from the target. */
12280 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12281 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12284 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12285 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12288 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12290 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12292 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12293 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12294 supported, but the latter are. */
12295 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12297 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12298 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12301 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12302 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12304 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12305 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12307 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12308 keep_in_target
= 1;
12316 if (!keep_in_target
)
12318 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12320 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12321 this location on the global list, and try to
12322 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12323 reason why we will succeed next time.
12325 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12326 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12327 only after calling us. */
12328 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12329 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12330 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12338 if (removed
&& non_stop
12339 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12340 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12342 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12343 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12344 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12345 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12346 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12347 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12348 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12349 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12350 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12351 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12352 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12353 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12354 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12355 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12358 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12359 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12361 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12362 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12363 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12364 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12365 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12366 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12367 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12368 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12369 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12370 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12371 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12372 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12373 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12376 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12377 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12378 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12379 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12381 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12382 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12383 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12384 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12385 traps we can no longer explain. */
12387 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12388 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12390 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12394 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12395 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12400 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12401 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12402 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12403 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12404 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12405 are sorted first for the same address.
12407 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12408 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12410 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12411 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12412 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12413 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12414 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12416 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12418 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12421 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12422 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12423 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12424 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12425 `struct bp_location'. */
12426 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12428 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12429 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12433 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12434 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12435 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12436 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12437 "actually inserted"));
12439 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12440 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12441 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12442 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12443 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12444 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12446 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12448 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12449 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12450 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12452 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12453 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12455 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12457 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12458 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12459 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12465 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12466 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12467 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12469 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12470 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12472 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12473 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12475 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12476 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12477 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12478 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12479 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12482 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12483 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12484 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12487 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12490 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12491 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12492 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12494 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12499 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12501 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12505 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12507 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12510 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12511 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12513 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12514 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12520 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12522 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12524 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12525 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12528 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12531 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12535 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12536 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12538 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12539 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12540 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12544 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12546 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12548 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12550 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12554 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12558 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12560 struct value_print_options opts
;
12562 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12564 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12566 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12568 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12572 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12574 printf_filtered (" at ");
12575 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12578 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12580 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12582 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12583 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12584 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12585 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12587 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12588 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12589 real situation somewhat. */
12590 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12595 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12597 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12599 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12604 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12607 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12609 xfree (self
->cond
);
12610 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12611 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12612 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12615 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12620 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12624 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12626 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12627 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12628 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12629 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12630 xfree (self
->filter
);
12631 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12634 static struct bp_location
*
12635 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12637 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12639 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12640 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12645 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12647 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12650 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12651 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12654 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12656 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12660 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12662 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12666 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12667 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12669 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12671 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12675 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12680 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12684 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12686 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12689 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12693 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12695 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12698 static enum print_stop_action
12699 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12701 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12706 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12712 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12714 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12718 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12720 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12724 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12725 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12726 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12730 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12734 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12735 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12736 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12738 char *extra_string
,
12739 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12740 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12742 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12743 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12744 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12745 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12747 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12751 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12752 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12754 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12757 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12759 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12760 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12762 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12765 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12767 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12768 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12769 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12770 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12771 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12772 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12773 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12774 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12775 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12778 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12779 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12780 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12781 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12782 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12783 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12784 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12787 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12790 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12792 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12793 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12795 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12800 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12804 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12806 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12807 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12810 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12815 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12817 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12818 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12820 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12824 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12825 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12826 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12828 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12829 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12832 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12836 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12837 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12838 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12845 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12847 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12852 static enum print_stop_action
12853 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12855 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12856 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12858 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12860 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12862 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12863 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12865 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12866 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12867 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12870 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12872 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12875 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12877 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12878 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12879 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12881 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12882 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12884 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12888 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12890 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12895 case bp_breakpoint
:
12896 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12897 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12898 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12900 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12901 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12902 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12903 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12905 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12906 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12909 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12917 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12919 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12921 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12923 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12924 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12926 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12929 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12930 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12933 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12937 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12938 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12939 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12940 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12942 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12943 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12947 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12948 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12949 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12951 char *extra_string
,
12952 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12953 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12955 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12956 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12957 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12958 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12960 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12961 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12963 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12964 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12965 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12969 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12970 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12972 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12975 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12978 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12982 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12983 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12984 case bp_overlay_event
:
12985 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12986 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12987 case bp_exception_master
:
12988 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12991 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12992 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12993 case bp_shlib_event
:
12995 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12996 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12997 case bp_thread_event
:
13003 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13005 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13007 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13008 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13009 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13010 objects (among other things). */
13011 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13012 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13018 static enum print_stop_action
13019 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13021 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13023 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13027 case bp_shlib_event
:
13028 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13029 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13030 to shlib event" message.) */
13031 print_solib_event (0);
13034 case bp_thread_event
:
13035 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13036 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13037 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13040 case bp_overlay_event
:
13041 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13042 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13045 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13046 /* These should never be enabled. */
13047 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13050 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13051 /* These should never be enabled. */
13052 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13053 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13056 case bp_exception_master
:
13057 /* These should never be enabled. */
13058 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13059 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13063 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13067 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13069 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13072 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13075 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13077 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13078 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13079 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13080 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13084 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13086 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13089 static enum print_stop_action
13090 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13092 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13094 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13096 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13101 ui_out_field_string
13103 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13107 ui_out_field_string
13109 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13114 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13118 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13120 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13123 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13125 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13126 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13129 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13131 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13134 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13136 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13139 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13142 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13144 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13148 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13150 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13157 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13159 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13160 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13162 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13166 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13167 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13168 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13169 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13171 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13173 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13175 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13176 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13178 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13182 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13183 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13185 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13187 error (_("probe not found"));
13190 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13193 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13195 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13199 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13200 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13201 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13203 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13209 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13210 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13212 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13213 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13215 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13217 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13218 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13219 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13220 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13225 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13227 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13232 case bp_tracepoint
:
13233 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13234 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13236 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13237 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13238 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13240 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13241 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13242 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13245 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13246 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13253 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13255 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13257 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13258 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13259 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13261 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13264 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13265 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13267 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13268 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13270 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13271 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13275 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13276 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13277 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13278 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13280 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13281 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13285 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13286 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13287 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13289 char *extra_string
,
13290 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13291 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13293 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13294 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13295 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13296 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13298 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13299 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13301 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13302 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13303 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13307 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13308 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13310 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13313 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13319 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13320 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13321 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13322 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13324 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13325 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13326 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13330 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13331 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13333 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13334 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13337 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13339 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13342 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13344 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13346 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13347 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13348 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13349 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13351 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13352 error (_("Format string required"));
13354 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13355 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13356 3 - disconnect from target 1
13357 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13359 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13360 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13361 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13362 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13363 it all the time. */
13364 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13365 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13368 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13371 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13375 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13378 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13382 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13383 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13384 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13385 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13387 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13389 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13391 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13393 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13394 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13395 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13399 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13400 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13401 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13403 char *extra_string
,
13404 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13405 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13407 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13408 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13409 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13410 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13414 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13415 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13416 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13417 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13418 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13419 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13421 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13423 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13424 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13425 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13428 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13429 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13431 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13432 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13434 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13435 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13437 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13438 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13439 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13440 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13441 canonical
->special_display
);
13442 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13443 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13444 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13445 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13446 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13447 corresponds to this one */
13448 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13450 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13452 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13457 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13458 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13460 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13462 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13463 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13465 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13469 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13472 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13475 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13477 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13480 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13484 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13486 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13488 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13490 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13491 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13494 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13495 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13496 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13497 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13498 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13501 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13502 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13503 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13504 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13506 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13509 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13510 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13511 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13513 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13514 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13516 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13517 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13518 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13519 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13523 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13525 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13526 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13527 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13528 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13529 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13532 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13533 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13534 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13535 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13537 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13539 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13540 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13543 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13545 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13549 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13551 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13552 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13553 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13554 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13555 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13556 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13557 commands won't work. */
13559 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13561 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13562 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13563 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13564 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13565 might be better design to have location completely
13566 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13567 update_global_location_list (0);
13569 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13570 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13571 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13572 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13577 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13579 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13583 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13585 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13588 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13589 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13592 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13593 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13597 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13602 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13604 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13605 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13607 if (next
== related
)
13609 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13610 function (related
, data
);
13612 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13613 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13618 function (related
, data
);
13622 while (related
!= b
);
13626 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13628 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13631 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13632 delete_breakpoint. */
13635 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13637 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13641 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13643 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13649 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13651 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13652 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13653 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13655 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13657 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13661 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13663 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13666 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13667 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13671 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13675 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13677 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13678 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13679 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13684 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13685 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13686 Null names are ignored. */
13689 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13691 struct bp_location
*l
;
13692 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13693 (int (*) (const void *,
13694 const void *)) streq
,
13695 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13697 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13700 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13702 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13706 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13708 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13712 htab_delete (htab
);
13718 htab_delete (htab
);
13722 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13723 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13724 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13725 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13726 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13727 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13728 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13729 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13732 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13733 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13734 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13735 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13736 in the sources, and output a warning.
13738 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13739 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13740 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13741 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13742 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13745 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13746 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13747 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13748 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13749 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13750 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13751 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13752 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13753 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13755 static struct symtab_and_line
13756 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13758 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13759 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13764 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13766 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13768 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13769 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13771 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13773 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13774 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13775 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13780 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13782 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13784 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13785 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13787 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13790 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13792 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13794 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13795 struct symbol
*sym
;
13796 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13797 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13799 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13801 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13802 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13804 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13805 "found at previous line number"),
13806 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13810 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13812 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13813 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13817 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13818 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13819 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13821 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13822 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13823 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13827 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13829 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13832 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13833 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13835 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13836 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13838 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13839 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13840 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13841 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13843 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13846 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13852 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13853 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13856 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13860 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13863 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13866 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13873 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13879 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13880 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13881 a ranged breakpoint. */
13884 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13885 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13886 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13889 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13891 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13893 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13895 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13896 update_global_location_list (1);
13897 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13898 "multiple locations found\n"),
13903 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13904 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13905 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13906 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13907 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13908 individual locations. */
13909 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13914 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13916 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13918 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13920 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13922 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13924 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13927 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13929 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13930 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13932 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13933 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13938 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13939 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13940 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13941 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13945 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13947 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13949 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13953 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13954 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13955 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13957 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13960 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13961 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13962 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13963 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13964 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13965 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13966 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13968 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13970 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13972 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13973 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13975 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13976 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13984 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13985 if (l
->function_name
13986 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13996 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13997 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13999 update_global_location_list (1);
14002 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14003 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14005 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14006 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14009 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14010 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14012 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14015 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14017 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14021 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14022 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14023 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14024 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14025 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14026 state, then user already saw the message about that
14027 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14029 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14030 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14031 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14032 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14033 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14034 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14036 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14038 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14039 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14040 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14041 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14042 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14043 which approach is better. */
14044 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14045 throw_exception (e
);
14049 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14053 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14054 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14055 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14057 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14060 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14061 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14064 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14065 b
->thread
= thread
;
14068 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14069 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14072 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14073 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14083 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14084 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14088 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14091 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14092 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14093 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14095 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14098 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14102 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14104 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14107 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14108 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14112 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14115 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14116 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14119 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14120 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14121 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14122 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14124 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14127 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14128 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14132 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14133 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14134 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14136 char *extra_string
,
14137 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14138 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14140 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14142 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14143 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14145 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14147 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14148 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14149 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14152 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14153 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14156 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14157 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14159 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14161 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14162 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14163 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14164 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14167 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14168 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14172 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14174 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14175 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14176 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14178 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14181 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14184 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14186 static struct cleanup
*
14187 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14189 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14191 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14192 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14193 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14194 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14195 set_language (b
->language
);
14200 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14201 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14202 Unused in this case. */
14205 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14207 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14208 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14209 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14211 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14212 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14213 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14217 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14219 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14221 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14222 enum language save_language
;
14223 int save_input_radix
;
14224 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14226 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14227 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14228 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14232 /* Format possible error msg. */
14233 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14235 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14236 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14237 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14239 set_language (save_language
);
14240 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14242 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14244 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14246 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14247 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14248 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14249 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14252 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14254 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14255 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14257 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14259 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14261 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14262 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14264 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14265 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14266 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14268 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14272 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14273 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14274 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14277 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14279 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14285 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14287 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14289 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14290 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14295 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14299 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14300 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14302 else if (count
== 1)
14303 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14306 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14307 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14310 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14314 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14317 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14320 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14326 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14328 num
= get_number (&p
);
14330 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14332 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14334 set_ignore_count (num
,
14335 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14338 printf_filtered ("\n");
14341 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14342 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14345 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14350 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14352 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14355 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14357 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14359 while (!state
.finished
)
14361 char *p
= state
.string
;
14365 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14368 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14373 if (b
->number
== num
)
14376 function (b
, data
);
14380 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14385 static struct bp_location
*
14386 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14388 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14392 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14393 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14398 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14400 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14403 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14408 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14409 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14412 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14414 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14418 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14421 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14427 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14428 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14429 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14432 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14434 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14435 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14436 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14437 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14440 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14441 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14444 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14446 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14447 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14449 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14450 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14452 struct bp_location
*location
;
14454 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14455 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14458 update_global_location_list (0);
14460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14463 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14466 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14468 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14471 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14472 disable_breakpoint. */
14475 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14477 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14481 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14485 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14488 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14489 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14491 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14493 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14499 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14501 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14502 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14503 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14504 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14506 update_global_location_list (0);
14509 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14513 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14516 int target_resources_ok
;
14518 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14521 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14522 target_resources_ok
=
14523 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14525 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14526 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14527 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14528 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14531 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14533 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14534 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14535 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14537 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14539 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14541 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14542 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14543 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14547 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14548 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14554 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14555 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14557 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14559 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14560 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14562 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14563 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14565 struct bp_location
*location
;
14567 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14568 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14571 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14572 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14573 update_global_location_list (1);
14575 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14580 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14582 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14586 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14588 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14591 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14592 enable_breakpoint. */
14595 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14597 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14600 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14601 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14602 in stopping the inferior. */
14605 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14609 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14612 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14613 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14615 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14617 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14623 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14625 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14626 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14627 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14628 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14630 update_global_location_list (1);
14633 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14636 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14646 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14648 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14650 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14654 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14656 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14658 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14662 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14664 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14668 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14670 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14672 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14676 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14678 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14680 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14684 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14686 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14688 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14692 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14694 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14698 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14703 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14707 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14708 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14712 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14713 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14714 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14716 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14719 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14720 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14722 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14724 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14726 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14728 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14729 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14730 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14731 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14733 value_free (wp
->val
);
14741 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14742 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14743 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14744 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14748 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14749 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14751 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14753 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14755 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14756 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14758 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14760 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14768 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14769 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14772 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14774 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14777 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14783 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14786 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14787 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14789 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14792 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14793 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14798 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14800 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14801 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14805 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14806 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14807 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14810 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14811 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14812 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14813 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14814 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14815 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14817 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14818 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14819 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14820 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14823 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14824 were inserted or not. */
14827 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14829 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14830 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14833 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14836 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14838 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14840 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14842 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14843 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14844 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14845 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14847 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14849 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14850 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14851 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14852 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14856 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14857 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14858 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14862 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14866 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14867 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14869 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14870 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14871 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14875 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14879 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14883 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14884 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14885 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14886 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14889 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14893 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14898 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14900 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14902 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14903 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14911 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14912 non-zero otherwise. */
14914 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14916 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14917 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14918 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14925 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14927 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14928 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14930 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14934 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14936 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14939 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14941 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14943 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14947 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14949 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14959 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14960 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14961 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14962 const char *text
, const char *word
)
14964 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14965 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14966 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
14972 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14974 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14976 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14978 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14979 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14983 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14985 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14986 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14988 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14989 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14991 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14993 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14995 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14997 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14998 0 /* Ignore count */,
14999 pending_break_support
,
15003 0 /* internal */, 0);
15007 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15009 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15011 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15013 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15014 0 /* Ignore count */,
15015 pending_break_support
,
15016 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15019 0 /* internal */, 0);
15022 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15025 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15027 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15029 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15030 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15031 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15032 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15034 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15036 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15038 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15040 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15041 0 /* Ignore count */,
15042 pending_break_support
,
15046 0 /* internal */, 0);
15049 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15050 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15052 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15053 static int next_cmd
;
15056 read_uploaded_action (void)
15060 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15067 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15068 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15069 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15070 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15071 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15073 struct tracepoint
*
15074 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15076 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15077 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15079 if (utp
->at_string
)
15080 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15083 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15084 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15085 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15087 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15088 "source location, using raw address"),
15090 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15091 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15094 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15095 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15096 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15097 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15100 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15102 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15103 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15105 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15106 0 /* Ignore count */,
15107 pending_break_support
,
15108 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15110 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15112 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15115 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15116 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15117 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15121 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15124 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15127 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15128 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15129 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15131 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15133 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15138 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15140 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15142 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15143 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15144 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15145 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15148 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15149 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15150 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15155 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15159 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15161 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15164 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15166 if (num_printed
== 0)
15168 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15169 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15171 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15174 default_collect_info ();
15177 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15178 Not supported by all targets. */
15180 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15182 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15185 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15186 Not supported by all targets. */
15188 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15190 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15193 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15195 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15197 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15203 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15205 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15206 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15207 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15209 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15210 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15212 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15216 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15218 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15220 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15221 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15222 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15226 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15229 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15232 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15234 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15237 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15238 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15241 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15243 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15244 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15245 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15248 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15250 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15251 unsigned int count
;
15253 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15254 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15255 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15257 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15259 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15260 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15262 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15264 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15266 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15268 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15270 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15271 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15274 else if (*args
== '\0')
15276 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15278 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15282 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15284 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15285 while (!state
.finished
)
15287 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15289 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15294 struct tracepoint
*
15295 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15297 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15299 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15300 if (t
->number
== num
)
15301 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15306 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15307 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15310 struct tracepoint
*
15311 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15313 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15315 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15317 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15319 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15326 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15327 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15328 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15329 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15330 struct tracepoint
*
15331 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15332 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15335 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15337 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15341 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15342 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15344 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15347 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15349 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15352 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15356 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15357 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15360 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15361 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15365 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15366 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15368 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15371 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15376 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15378 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15382 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15387 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15388 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15389 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15393 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15394 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15396 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15399 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15400 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15401 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15403 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15404 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15406 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15409 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15410 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15413 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15414 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15419 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15421 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15423 /* We can stop searching. */
15430 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15434 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15435 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15436 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15438 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15439 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15440 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15442 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15443 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15447 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15448 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15451 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15452 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15455 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15457 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15458 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15461 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15464 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15465 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15467 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15469 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15471 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15473 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15474 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15476 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15478 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15481 throw_exception (ex
);
15483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15486 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15489 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15490 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15491 special, and not user visible. */
15492 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15494 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15497 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15503 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15506 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15508 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15511 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15514 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15516 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15519 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15522 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15524 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15527 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15529 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15530 all_tracepoints (void)
15532 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15533 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15535 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15537 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15544 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15545 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15546 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15548 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15549 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15550 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15551 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15552 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15553 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15554 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15555 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15556 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15557 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15558 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15560 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15561 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15563 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15564 conditions are different.\n\
15566 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15568 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15569 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15571 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15572 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15575 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15576 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15577 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15578 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15579 void *user_data_catch
,
15580 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15582 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15584 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15586 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15587 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15588 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15590 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15592 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15593 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15594 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15598 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15600 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15601 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15603 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15604 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15605 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15609 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15611 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15612 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15613 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15616 struct breakpoint
*
15617 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15620 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15624 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15631 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15632 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15635 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15637 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15638 non-inline function. */
15639 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15645 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15646 have been inlined. */
15649 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15650 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15652 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15653 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15657 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15660 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15662 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15663 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15671 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15674 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15676 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15678 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15679 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15680 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15684 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15686 static int initialized
= 0;
15688 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15694 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15695 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15696 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15697 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15698 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15699 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15700 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15701 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15702 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15703 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15704 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15705 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15707 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15708 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15709 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15710 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15711 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15712 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15713 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15714 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15716 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15717 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15718 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15719 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15720 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15721 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15722 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15723 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15724 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15725 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15727 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15728 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15729 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15730 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15731 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15732 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15733 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15735 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15736 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15737 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15738 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15739 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15740 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15741 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15743 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15744 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15745 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15746 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15748 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15749 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15750 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15751 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15752 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15753 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15754 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15757 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15758 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15759 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15760 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15761 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15762 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15763 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15764 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15765 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15766 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15767 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15768 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15769 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15770 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15772 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15773 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15774 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15775 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15776 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15777 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15778 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15779 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15780 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15781 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15782 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15785 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15786 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15787 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15788 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15789 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15790 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15791 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15792 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15793 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15794 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15796 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15797 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15798 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15799 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15800 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15802 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15803 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15804 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15805 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15806 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15807 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15809 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15810 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15811 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15812 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15813 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15814 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15815 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15816 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15817 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15818 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15820 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15821 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15822 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15823 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15824 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15825 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15826 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15827 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15828 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15829 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15831 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15832 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15833 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15835 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15836 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15837 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15838 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15839 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15840 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15841 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15843 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15844 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15846 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15847 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15848 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15849 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15850 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15851 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15852 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15853 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15855 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15856 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15857 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15858 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15859 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15860 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15861 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15862 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15863 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15864 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15865 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15866 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15868 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15869 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15870 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15871 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15872 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15873 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15874 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15877 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15879 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15882 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15884 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15886 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15888 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15889 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15890 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15892 breakpoint_objfile_key
15893 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15895 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15896 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15897 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15899 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15900 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15901 before a breakpoint is set. */
15902 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15904 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15906 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15907 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15908 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15910 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15912 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15913 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15914 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15915 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15916 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15917 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15918 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15919 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15921 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15922 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15923 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15924 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15925 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15927 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15928 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15929 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15930 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15931 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15933 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15934 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15936 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15937 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15938 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15939 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15941 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15942 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15944 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15945 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15946 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15947 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15949 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15950 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15952 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15953 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15954 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15955 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15956 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15957 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15958 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15960 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15961 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15962 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15963 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15964 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15965 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15967 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15969 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15972 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15973 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15974 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15976 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15977 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15978 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15981 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15982 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15983 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15986 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15987 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15989 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15992 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15993 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15994 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15997 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15998 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15999 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16002 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16003 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16004 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16005 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16008 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16009 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16010 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16011 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16012 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16013 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16014 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16015 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16017 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16018 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16019 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16020 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16021 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16023 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16024 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16025 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16026 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16027 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16028 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16031 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16032 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16033 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16034 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16036 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16037 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16038 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16039 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16040 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16042 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16043 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16044 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16045 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16047 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16048 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16049 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16050 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16051 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16054 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16055 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16056 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16057 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16058 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16059 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16061 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16062 is executing in.\n\
16064 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16065 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16067 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16068 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16069 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16070 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16072 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16073 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16074 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16075 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16078 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16082 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16083 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16084 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16085 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16086 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16087 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16088 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16089 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16090 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16091 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16092 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16093 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16094 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16095 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16096 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16097 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16099 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16100 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16101 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16102 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16103 breakpoint set."));
16106 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16107 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16108 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16109 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16110 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16111 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16112 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16113 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16114 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16116 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16117 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16118 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16119 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16120 breakpoint set."));
16122 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16125 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16126 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16127 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16128 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16129 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16130 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16131 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16132 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16133 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16135 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16136 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16137 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16138 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16139 breakpoint set."));
16141 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16142 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16143 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16144 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16145 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16146 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16147 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16148 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16149 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16150 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16151 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16152 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16153 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16155 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16156 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16157 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16158 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16160 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16162 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16163 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16164 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16165 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16167 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16168 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16169 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16170 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16172 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16173 catch_fork_command_1
,
16175 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16176 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16177 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16178 catch_fork_command_1
,
16180 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16181 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16182 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16183 catch_exec_command_1
,
16187 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16188 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16189 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16190 catch_load_command_1
,
16194 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16195 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16196 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16197 catch_unload_command_1
,
16201 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16202 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16203 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16204 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16205 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16206 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16207 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16208 catch_syscall_completer
,
16212 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16213 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16214 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16215 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16216 an expression changes.\n\
16217 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16218 the memory to which it refers."));
16219 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16221 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16222 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16223 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16224 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16225 an expression is read.\n\
16226 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16227 the memory to which it refers."));
16228 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16230 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16231 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16232 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16233 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16234 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16235 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16236 the memory to which it refers."));
16237 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16239 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16240 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16242 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16243 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16244 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16245 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16246 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16247 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16248 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16249 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16250 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16253 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16254 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16256 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16258 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16260 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16261 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16263 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16264 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16265 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16267 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16268 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16269 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16272 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16273 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16275 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16276 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16277 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16279 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16280 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16282 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16283 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16284 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16285 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16286 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16287 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16288 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16289 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16290 the selected stack frame.\n\
16291 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16292 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16293 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16294 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16296 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16298 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16299 conditions are different.\n\
16301 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16302 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16303 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16305 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16306 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16307 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16308 last tracepoint set."));
16310 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16312 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16313 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16314 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16315 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16317 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16319 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16320 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16321 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16322 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16324 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16326 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16327 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16328 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16329 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16331 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16333 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16334 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16335 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16336 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16337 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16339 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16340 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16341 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16342 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16344 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16345 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16346 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16347 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16348 session to restore them."),
16350 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16352 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16353 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16354 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16356 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16358 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16359 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16361 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16362 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16363 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16364 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16365 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16366 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16367 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16368 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16369 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16370 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16371 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16372 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16374 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16375 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16376 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16377 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16378 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16379 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16380 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16381 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16383 show_pending_break_support
,
16384 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16385 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16387 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16389 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16390 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16391 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16392 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16393 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16394 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16395 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16397 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16398 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16399 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16401 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16402 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16403 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16404 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16405 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16406 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16407 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16408 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16409 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16410 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16411 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16412 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16414 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16415 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16416 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16418 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16419 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16420 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16421 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16422 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16423 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16424 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16425 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16426 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16427 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16428 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16429 be set to \"gdb\""),
16430 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16431 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16432 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16433 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16435 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16436 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16437 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16438 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16439 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16440 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16441 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16442 or the start of the range\n\
16443 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16444 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16445 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16447 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16448 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16449 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16451 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16452 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16453 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16454 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16455 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16456 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16457 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16459 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16460 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16461 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16462 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16463 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16464 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16465 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16466 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16467 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16468 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16469 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16470 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16472 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16473 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16474 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16475 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16476 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16477 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16478 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16480 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16481 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16482 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16483 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16484 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16485 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16486 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16488 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16489 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16490 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16491 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16492 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16493 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16496 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16498 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16499 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16500 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16502 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16504 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);